1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2170 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap
;
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2198 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2199 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2201 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2202 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2203 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2204 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2206 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2207 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2209 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2210 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2212 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2214 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2216 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2217 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2219 /* Small local sym cache. */
2220 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2223 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2224 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2226 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2227 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2231 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2233 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2234 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2236 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2238 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2239 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2240 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2253 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2280 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2293 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2294 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2295 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2296 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2298 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2300 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2301 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2304 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2305 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2308 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2309 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2310 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2312 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2323 htab
->params
= params
;
2324 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2337 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2338 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2342 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2357 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2359 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2363 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2366 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2374 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2375 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2377 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2389 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2391 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2393 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2395 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2400 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2402 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2404 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2405 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2411 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2412 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2418 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2420 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2421 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2429 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2431 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2437 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2441 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2468 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2470 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2477 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2481 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2489 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2491 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2498 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2503 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2504 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2519 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2520 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2522 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2523 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2525 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2526 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2527 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2528 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2529 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2530 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2531 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2537 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2539 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2550 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2551 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2553 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2554 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2561 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2564 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2565 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2571 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2576 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2578 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2579 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2581 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2583 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2585 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2586 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2588 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2595 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2598 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2599 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2602 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2604 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2606 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2607 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2608 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2609 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2610 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2619 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2622 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2626 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2629 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2635 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2636 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2638 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2640 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2641 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2643 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2646 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2651 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2663 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2666 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2667 return linker_pointers
;
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2676 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2711 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2714 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2715 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2735 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2736 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2741 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2742 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2743 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2748 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2749 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2755 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2761 static struct plt_entry
**
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2767 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2768 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2771 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2773 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2775 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2778 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2784 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2785 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2786 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2789 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2793 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2794 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2796 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2800 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2801 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2805 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2806 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2811 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2812 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2815 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2819 static struct plt_entry
*
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2822 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2826 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2827 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2835 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2853 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2860 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2863 /* xgettext:c-format */
2864 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2866 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2870 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2871 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2875 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2876 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2880 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2885 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2892 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2896 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2898 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2899 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2900 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2902 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2903 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2905 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2906 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2907 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2910 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2911 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2912 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2913 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2914 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2917 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2918 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2920 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2921 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2924 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2925 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2928 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2929 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2933 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2934 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2935 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2936 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2939 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2940 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2943 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2944 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2946 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2947 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2948 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2950 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2954 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2956 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2958 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2963 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2965 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2966 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2967 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2971 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2972 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2974 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2975 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2976 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2977 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2978 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2981 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2982 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2983 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2984 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2985 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2988 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2989 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2995 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
2996 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3001 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3002 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3003 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3007 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3008 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3015 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3016 its parameter symbol. */
3018 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3020 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3021 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3028 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3032 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3039 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3046 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3047 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3048 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3055 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3057 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3060 /* GOT16 relocations */
3062 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3064 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3065 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3066 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3068 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3069 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3070 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3075 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3076 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3079 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3080 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3083 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3085 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3087 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3092 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3093 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3094 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3095 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3100 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3101 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3105 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3106 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3107 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3109 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3112 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3113 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3118 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3119 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3123 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3124 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3127 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3128 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3129 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3130 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3131 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3132 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3135 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3136 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3152 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3153 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3155 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3158 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3161 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3162 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3166 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3167 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3168 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3169 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3172 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3173 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3179 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3180 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3181 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3183 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3186 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3189 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3193 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3197 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3198 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3199 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3200 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3203 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3205 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3208 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3209 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3215 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3216 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3218 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3221 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3222 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3223 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3224 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3225 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3226 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3227 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3231 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3232 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3233 section relative. */
3235 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3236 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3237 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3238 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3239 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3240 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3241 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3246 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3247 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3248 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3249 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3250 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3253 /* These are just markers. */
3255 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3259 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3260 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3264 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3266 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3267 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3268 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3269 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3272 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3274 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3275 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3276 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3277 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3278 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3281 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3282 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3283 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3285 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3286 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3288 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3291 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3296 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3297 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3298 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3299 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3303 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3304 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3305 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3306 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3310 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3313 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3314 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3315 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3316 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3317 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3321 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3322 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3328 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3329 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3330 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3332 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3333 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3334 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3335 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3336 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3341 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3346 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3349 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3350 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3353 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3359 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3360 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3361 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3364 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3366 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3367 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3368 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3371 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3373 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3374 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3375 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3376 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3377 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3383 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3384 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3387 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3389 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3391 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3392 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3400 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3401 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3402 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3404 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3405 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3407 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3413 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3414 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3415 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3416 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3417 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3418 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3419 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3420 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3421 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3422 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3423 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3424 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3425 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3426 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3427 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3430 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3431 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3432 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3434 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3435 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3437 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3438 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3439 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3440 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3441 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3443 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3444 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3448 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3449 "create relocation for %s\n",
3450 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3451 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3455 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3456 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3458 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3459 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3465 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3466 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3469 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3470 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3472 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3474 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3476 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3479 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3486 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3491 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3492 We really need local syms available to do this
3494 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3495 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3496 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3499 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3501 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3506 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3510 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3511 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3512 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3514 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3516 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3518 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3521 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3524 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3538 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3539 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3541 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3543 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3544 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3545 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3546 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3547 bfd_boolean warn_only
;
3549 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3550 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3551 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3552 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3553 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3554 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3555 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3556 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3557 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3559 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3560 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3562 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3563 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3565 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3567 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3568 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3569 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3573 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3577 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3578 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3582 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3585 /* xgettext:c-format */
3586 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3590 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3593 /* xgettext:c-format */
3594 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3598 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3601 /* xgettext:c-format */
3602 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3603 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3606 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3609 /* xgettext:c-format */
3610 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3611 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3615 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3616 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3619 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3623 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3624 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3628 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3631 /* xgettext:c-format */
3632 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3633 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3636 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3639 /* xgettext:c-format */
3640 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3641 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3644 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3647 /* xgettext:c-format */
3648 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3649 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3652 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3655 /* xgettext:c-format */
3656 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3657 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3664 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3665 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3670 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3671 there are conflicting attributes. */
3673 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3676 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3677 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3680 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3683 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3684 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3685 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3687 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3688 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3689 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3690 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3692 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3694 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3695 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3696 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3700 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3702 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3703 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3706 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3707 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3708 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3709 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3711 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3713 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3715 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3716 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3719 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3722 /* xgettext:c-format */
3723 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3725 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3728 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3731 /* xgettext:c-format */
3732 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3734 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3739 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3740 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3741 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3742 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3743 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3745 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3746 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3747 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3749 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3751 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3753 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3754 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3757 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3760 /* xgettext:c-format */
3761 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3762 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3763 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3766 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3769 /* xgettext:c-format */
3770 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3771 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3772 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3782 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3783 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3786 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3787 object file when linking. */
3790 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3792 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3797 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3800 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3801 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3804 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3807 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3810 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3811 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3812 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3814 /* First call, no flags set. */
3815 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3816 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3819 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3820 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3823 /* Incompatible flags. */
3826 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3827 to be linked with either. */
3829 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3830 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3834 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3835 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3837 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3838 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3842 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3843 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3846 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3847 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3848 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3850 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3851 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3852 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3853 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3854 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3855 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3857 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3858 any module uses it. */
3859 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3861 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3862 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3864 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3865 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3869 /* xgettext:c-format */
3870 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3871 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3872 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3877 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3886 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3887 asection
*input_section
,
3888 unsigned long offset
,
3891 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3894 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3896 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3897 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3898 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3899 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3900 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3901 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3902 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3904 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3907 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3910 /* xgettext:c-format */
3911 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3912 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3915 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3918 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3919 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3920 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3921 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3923 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3926 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3929 /* xgettext:c-format */
3930 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3931 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3934 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3936 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3937 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3938 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3940 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3941 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3942 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3947 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3948 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3950 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3951 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3955 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3959 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3960 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3961 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3962 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3963 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3964 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3965 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3966 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3967 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3971 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3972 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3974 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3975 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3977 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3980 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3982 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3984 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3986 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3987 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3988 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3989 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3990 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3991 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3992 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3995 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3996 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3998 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3999 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4000 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4001 r30 to be set up. */
4002 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4007 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4009 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4010 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4011 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4012 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4013 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4015 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4016 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4018 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4020 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4023 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4027 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4030 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4032 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4033 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4035 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4038 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4040 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4042 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4043 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4045 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4046 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4047 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4050 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4051 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4052 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4057 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4058 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4059 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4062 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4065 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4069 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4070 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4071 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4072 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4073 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4076 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4078 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4079 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4083 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4087 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4088 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4090 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4091 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4092 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4097 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4100 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4102 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4103 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4104 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4105 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4113 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4115 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4116 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4117 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4118 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4122 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4123 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4127 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4128 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4130 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4132 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4133 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4134 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4135 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4136 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4137 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4139 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4141 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4149 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4150 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4152 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4154 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4155 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4158 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4159 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4161 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4162 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4163 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4164 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4165 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4167 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4173 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4174 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4177 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4179 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4182 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4184 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4188 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4189 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4190 between the call and its destination. */
4194 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4195 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4197 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4199 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4200 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4203 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4204 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4206 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4208 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4212 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4213 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4214 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4215 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4216 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4217 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4218 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4219 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4220 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4221 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4222 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4223 together except their symbol. */
4225 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4228 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4230 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4234 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4236 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4237 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4238 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4240 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4242 /* Read the relocations. */
4243 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4245 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4248 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4249 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4251 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4252 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4255 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4256 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4258 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4259 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4262 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4263 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4266 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4268 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4273 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4277 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4280 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4281 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4282 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4283 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4284 + sec
->output_offset
4285 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4286 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4287 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4290 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4294 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4295 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4297 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4300 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4307 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4308 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4311 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4313 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4315 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4316 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4317 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4318 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4319 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4321 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4324 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4325 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4327 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4328 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4330 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4331 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4332 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4333 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4334 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4335 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4337 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4339 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4340 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4342 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4343 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4344 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4348 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4349 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4350 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4352 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4354 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4356 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4358 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4361 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4366 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4368 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4369 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4370 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4372 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4373 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4376 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4379 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4383 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4384 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4385 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4387 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4388 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4389 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4391 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4393 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4394 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4396 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4397 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4398 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4399 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4406 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4410 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4411 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4415 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4418 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4421 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4425 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4426 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4427 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4428 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4429 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4430 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4431 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4432 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4434 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4435 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4437 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4438 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4440 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4441 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4443 /* Read the relocations. */
4444 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4446 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4449 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4450 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4452 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4453 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4454 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4455 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4456 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4457 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4458 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4460 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4461 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4463 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4465 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4466 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4467 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4469 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4472 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4473 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4474 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4475 without marker relocs, then check that each
4476 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4477 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4478 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4479 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4481 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4483 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4484 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4485 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4487 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4488 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4489 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4490 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4495 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4500 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4504 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4505 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4506 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4507 that turns out to be the case. */
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4518 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4528 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4535 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4540 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4551 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4552 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4555 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4557 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4558 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4559 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4563 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4564 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4565 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4566 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4567 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4570 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4573 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4574 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4575 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4578 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4579 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4585 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4596 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4597 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4600 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4601 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4602 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4605 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4606 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4607 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4608 the entire optimization. */
4609 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4610 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4611 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4612 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4619 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4620 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4624 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4625 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4626 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4628 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4629 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4631 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4632 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4633 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4634 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4635 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4636 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4639 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4640 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4641 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4642 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4643 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4644 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4645 Disable optimization in this case. */
4646 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4647 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4648 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4649 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4652 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4654 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4657 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4658 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4659 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4660 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4661 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4663 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4664 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4671 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4676 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4677 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4680 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4684 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4688 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4689 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4690 size_dynamic_sections. */
4693 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4695 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4698 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4700 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4701 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4706 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4709 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4711 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4713 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4714 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4719 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4720 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4721 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4722 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4726 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4727 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4729 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4733 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4734 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4737 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4738 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4739 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4741 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4745 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4747 /* Deal with function syms. */
4748 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4749 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4752 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4753 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4754 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4755 function symbol is local. */
4756 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4757 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4759 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4760 won't need a .plt entry. */
4761 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4762 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4763 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4766 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4768 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4769 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4770 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4772 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4774 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4775 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4776 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4778 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4780 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4781 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4782 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4784 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4788 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4789 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4790 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4791 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4792 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4793 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4794 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4795 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4797 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4799 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4800 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4801 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4802 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4803 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4805 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4806 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4807 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4808 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4809 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4811 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4812 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4813 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4814 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4816 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4817 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4821 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4823 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4824 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4825 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4826 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4829 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4830 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4831 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4832 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4833 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4834 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4835 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4839 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4840 is not a function. */
4842 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4843 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4844 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4845 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4846 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4848 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4852 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4853 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4854 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4856 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4860 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4861 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4862 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4863 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4864 if (h
->protected_def
)
4866 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4867 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4868 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4869 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4870 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4871 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4875 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4876 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4879 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4880 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4881 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4882 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4883 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4885 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4886 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4887 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4889 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4892 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4893 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4894 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4895 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4896 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4897 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4898 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4899 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4900 same memory location for the variable.
4902 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4903 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4904 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4906 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4907 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4909 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4910 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4912 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4916 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4917 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4918 and into the runtime process image. */
4919 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4920 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4921 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4922 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4924 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4925 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4926 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4930 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4931 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4932 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4935 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4936 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4937 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4938 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4939 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4942 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4943 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4944 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4946 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4947 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4950 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4952 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4953 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4955 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4957 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4958 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4961 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4962 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4965 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4967 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4968 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4969 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4970 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4973 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4975 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4976 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4977 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4978 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4979 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4980 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4981 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4983 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4988 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4989 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4992 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
4995 unsigned int max_before_header
;
4997 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
4999 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5000 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5004 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5005 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5007 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5008 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5012 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5013 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5015 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5016 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5018 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5019 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5025 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5026 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5028 static inline unsigned int
5029 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5032 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5037 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5039 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5041 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5047 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5050 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5053 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5055 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5056 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5057 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5058 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5061 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5062 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5066 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5069 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5071 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5072 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5073 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5074 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5077 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5080 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5081 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5082 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5083 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5084 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5085 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5086 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5087 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5088 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5092 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5093 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5097 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5099 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5100 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5101 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5102 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5103 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5107 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5109 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5112 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5113 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5114 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5115 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5116 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5117 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5118 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5119 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5120 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5124 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5125 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5126 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5127 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5128 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5129 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5135 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5137 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5138 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5139 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5140 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5141 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5143 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5144 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5145 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5146 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5148 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5149 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5150 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5151 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5153 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5156 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5157 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5158 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5159 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5161 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5163 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5164 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5165 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5166 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5167 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5168 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5169 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5171 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5173 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5175 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5184 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5186 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5188 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5190 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5197 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5199 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5200 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5204 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5206 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5207 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5209 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5211 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5212 && !(h
->protected_def
5213 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5214 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5215 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5217 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5218 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5221 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5222 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5225 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5228 /* Allocate space. */
5229 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5231 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5232 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5233 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5234 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5237 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5238 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5241 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5242 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5243 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5245 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5246 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5249 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5250 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5251 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5252 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5254 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5255 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5256 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5258 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5259 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5261 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5265 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5271 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5275 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5278 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5280 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5281 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5285 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5287 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5288 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5291 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5295 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5296 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5298 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5300 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5301 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5309 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5310 for the special first entry. */
5312 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5314 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5315 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5316 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5317 word available at the end. */
5318 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5319 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5321 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5322 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5324 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5325 file, and we are not generating a shared
5326 library, then set the symbol to this location
5327 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5328 relocations, and is required to make
5329 function pointers compare as equal between
5330 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5331 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5335 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5336 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5339 /* Make room for this entry. */
5340 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5341 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5343 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5344 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5345 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5346 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5347 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5349 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5352 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5357 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5359 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5360 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5362 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5364 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5365 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5370 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5372 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5374 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5375 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5376 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5379 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5381 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5382 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5383 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5386 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5387 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5388 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5391 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5393 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5400 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5404 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5410 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5417 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5419 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5420 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5421 1, /* CIE version. */
5422 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5423 4, /* Code alignment. */
5424 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5426 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5427 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5428 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5431 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5434 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5435 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5437 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5443 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5446 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5447 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5449 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5451 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5452 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5454 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5455 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5456 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5457 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5461 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5462 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5463 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5464 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5466 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5468 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5470 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5471 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5472 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5473 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5475 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5478 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5481 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5483 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5485 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5486 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5490 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5491 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5493 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5494 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5495 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5498 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5499 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5502 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5503 handled specially by the loader. */
5505 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5507 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5509 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5510 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5511 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5512 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5513 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5515 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5516 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5517 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5523 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5527 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5528 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5529 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5530 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5531 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5532 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5534 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5538 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5539 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5540 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5542 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5545 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5546 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5547 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5548 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5552 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5553 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5554 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5555 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5561 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5563 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5566 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5567 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5568 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5570 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5571 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5572 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5574 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5575 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5577 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5579 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5580 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5582 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5590 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5593 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5595 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5598 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5599 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5601 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5605 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5607 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5608 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5610 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5612 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5613 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5619 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5623 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5624 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5626 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5628 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5629 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5630 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5633 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5635 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5637 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5639 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5640 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5641 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5642 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5643 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5645 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5646 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5648 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5651 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5653 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5655 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5657 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5658 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5660 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5662 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5664 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5665 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5666 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5667 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5668 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5671 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5672 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5673 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5675 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5676 /* Space for the branch table. */
5678 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5679 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5680 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5682 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5684 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5686 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5687 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5688 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5691 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5693 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5694 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5695 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5696 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5697 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5698 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5699 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5701 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5703 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5704 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5707 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5709 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5710 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5711 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5712 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5713 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5714 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5715 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5717 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5722 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5723 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5724 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5725 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5726 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5728 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5729 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5730 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5733 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5738 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5739 Allocate memory for them. */
5741 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5743 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5745 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5748 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5749 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5751 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5752 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5753 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5754 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5755 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5756 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5759 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5760 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5762 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5763 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5765 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5766 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5767 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5769 /* Strip these too. */
5771 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5772 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5774 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5776 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5780 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5783 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5784 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5790 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5794 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5796 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5797 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5798 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5799 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5800 before the linker maps input sections to output
5801 sections. The linker does that before
5802 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5803 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5804 into these sections. */
5805 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5809 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5812 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5813 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5814 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5818 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5820 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5821 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5822 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5823 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5824 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5825 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5826 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5828 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5830 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5834 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5836 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5837 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5838 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5839 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5843 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5844 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5845 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5847 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5849 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5850 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5851 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5852 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5858 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5859 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5860 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5864 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5865 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5866 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5867 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5868 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
,
5871 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5873 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5876 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5877 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5880 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5882 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5883 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5885 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5888 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5889 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5890 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5891 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5893 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5894 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5897 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5898 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5900 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5903 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5908 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5909 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5911 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5913 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5916 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5919 else if (adv
< 65536)
5921 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5922 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5927 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5928 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5931 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5934 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5935 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5938 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5939 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5945 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5946 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5949 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5951 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5953 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5957 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5958 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5960 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5961 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5963 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5964 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5965 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5966 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5973 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5975 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5979 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5980 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5985 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5988 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5990 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5992 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
5993 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
5996 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
5999 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6001 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6002 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6003 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6005 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6006 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6007 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6008 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6009 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6010 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6011 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6012 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6015 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6017 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6018 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6019 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6020 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6023 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6025 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6026 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6029 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6030 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6031 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6032 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6035 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6037 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6040 struct one_branch_fixup
6042 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6044 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6045 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6050 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6051 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6052 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6053 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6054 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6055 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6056 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6057 unsigned changes
= 0;
6058 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6059 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6060 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6062 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6066 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6067 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6068 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6069 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6073 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6074 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6076 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6079 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6083 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6084 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6085 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6086 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6088 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6089 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6090 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6092 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6093 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6095 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6097 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6098 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6099 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6102 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6103 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6106 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6107 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6108 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6109 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6110 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6113 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6115 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6116 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6118 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6119 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6121 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6122 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6123 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6127 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6129 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6130 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6132 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6135 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6136 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6137 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6140 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6141 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6142 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6143 unsigned char sym_type
;
6148 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6149 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6151 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6155 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6156 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6157 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6160 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6161 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6169 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6170 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6171 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6178 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6179 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6183 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6184 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6189 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6190 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6191 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6195 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6196 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6197 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6202 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6203 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6204 branch stub in that case. */
6205 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6206 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6207 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6209 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6210 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6211 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6213 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6214 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6215 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6216 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6217 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6219 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6221 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6223 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6224 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6225 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6226 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6227 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6233 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6235 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6236 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6237 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6240 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6243 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6245 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6246 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6247 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6248 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6250 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6251 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6252 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6253 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6260 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6265 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6266 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6267 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6271 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6272 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6273 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6274 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6278 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6279 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6280 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6281 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6283 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6284 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6286 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6287 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6288 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6289 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6294 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6296 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6297 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6298 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6301 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6303 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6304 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6307 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6311 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6312 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6317 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6318 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6323 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6324 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6325 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6326 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6327 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6328 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6329 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6330 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6331 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6334 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6335 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6336 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6337 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6338 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6339 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6341 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6342 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6343 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6344 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6345 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6347 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6348 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6349 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6350 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6351 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6352 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6353 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6354 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6355 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6356 location of interest is just "sym". */
6357 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6358 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6359 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6362 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6363 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6366 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6367 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6368 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6370 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6371 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6372 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6374 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6375 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6376 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6377 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6378 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6379 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6382 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6384 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6385 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6386 fixup can be created at final link.
6387 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6388 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6389 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6390 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6391 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6394 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6395 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6396 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6397 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6398 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6399 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6401 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6403 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6404 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6405 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6406 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6410 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6411 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6412 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6418 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6420 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6421 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6422 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6423 one. We'll report an error later. */
6426 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6428 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6433 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6436 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6437 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6438 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6440 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6441 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6442 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6445 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6446 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6447 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6449 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6450 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6451 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6454 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6455 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6456 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6459 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6467 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6468 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6471 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6472 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6475 /* Get the section contents. */
6476 if (contents
== NULL
)
6478 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6479 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6480 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6481 /* Go get them off disk. */
6482 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6486 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6487 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6491 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6492 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6493 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6495 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6496 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6500 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6501 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6502 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6505 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6510 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6512 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6513 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6518 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6520 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6521 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6522 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6524 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6525 unsigned int crossings
;
6526 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6528 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6529 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6531 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6534 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6535 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6536 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6537 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6538 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6539 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6541 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6542 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6544 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6545 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6547 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6550 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6552 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6553 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6554 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6555 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6558 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6559 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6562 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6564 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6568 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6569 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6573 if (contents
!= NULL
6574 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6576 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6580 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6581 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6585 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6588 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6589 information for the trampolines. */
6590 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6591 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6592 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6597 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6598 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6599 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6601 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6603 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6605 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6606 free (internal_relocs
);
6607 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6608 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6609 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6610 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6612 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6613 free (internal_relocs
);
6615 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6619 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6621 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6622 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6625 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6627 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6629 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6630 free (internal_relocs
);
6634 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6635 discarded sections. */
6638 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6640 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6643 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6646 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6649 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6652 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6653 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6654 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6656 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6658 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6660 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6664 /* Handle global symbol. */
6665 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6667 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6668 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6669 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6673 /* Handle local symbol. */
6674 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6676 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6677 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6678 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6681 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6684 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6686 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6687 as a "written" flag. */
6688 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6690 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6691 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6692 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6693 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6696 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6697 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6698 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6699 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6703 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6704 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6710 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6711 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6712 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6715 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6716 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6717 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6719 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6720 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6722 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6725 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6726 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6728 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6730 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6732 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6734 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6740 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6742 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6746 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6747 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6748 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6750 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6754 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6756 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6757 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6758 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6759 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6763 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6790 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6793 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6795 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6796 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6797 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6798 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6801 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6802 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6803 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6806 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6810 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6813 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6814 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6815 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6816 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6820 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6823 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6824 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6825 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6826 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6827 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6828 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6829 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6830 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6831 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6832 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6834 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6841 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6842 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6843 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6846 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6848 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6849 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6850 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6851 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6852 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6853 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6854 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6855 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6856 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6857 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6858 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6859 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6860 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6861 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6862 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6863 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6864 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6866 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6867 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6869 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6871 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6872 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6873 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6874 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6876 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6877 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6878 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6879 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6887 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6889 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6896 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6898 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6899 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6900 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6903 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6904 to handle the relocations for a section.
6906 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6907 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6910 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6911 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6912 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6915 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6916 address or the reloc symbol index.
6918 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6920 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6921 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6923 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6924 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6926 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6927 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6928 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6929 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6933 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6934 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6936 asection
*input_section
,
6938 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6939 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6940 asection
**local_sections
)
6942 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6943 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6944 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6945 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6946 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6947 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6948 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6950 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6951 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6952 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6953 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6954 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6955 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6958 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6959 "%ld relocations%s",
6960 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6961 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6962 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6965 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6967 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6971 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6973 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6974 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6975 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6977 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6978 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6979 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6980 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6981 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6982 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6983 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6984 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6986 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
6987 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
6988 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
6989 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
6990 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
6992 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
6994 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
6995 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6997 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6998 const char *sym_name
;
6999 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7000 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7002 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7003 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7005 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7006 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7007 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7010 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7014 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7016 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7018 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7020 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7021 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7022 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7024 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7028 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7030 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7031 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7033 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7035 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7038 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7040 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7041 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7042 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7044 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7045 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7047 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7048 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7049 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7053 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7054 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7055 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7056 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7057 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7058 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7064 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7067 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7068 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7070 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7071 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7072 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7074 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7075 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7076 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7080 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7081 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7082 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7083 for the final instruction stream. */
7087 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7088 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7090 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7093 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7094 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7095 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7098 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7099 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7100 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7101 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7102 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7103 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7104 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7105 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7106 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7113 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7114 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7115 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7116 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7120 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7121 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7123 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7125 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7126 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7127 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7132 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7133 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7137 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7138 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7141 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7142 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7143 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7145 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7146 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7147 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7151 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7152 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7154 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7158 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7159 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7160 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7163 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7164 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7165 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7168 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7169 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7170 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7172 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7176 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7177 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7179 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7183 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7184 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7185 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7187 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7191 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7192 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7193 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7194 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7195 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7196 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7197 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7199 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7200 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7201 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7202 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7203 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7204 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7205 intervening code. */
7206 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7207 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7208 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7211 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7212 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7213 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7215 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7216 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7217 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7219 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7220 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7221 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7226 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7227 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7230 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7232 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7234 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7236 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7237 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7238 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7239 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7240 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7241 + sec
->output_offset
7242 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7244 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7245 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7246 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7248 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7249 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7250 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7251 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7255 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7256 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7259 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7260 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7267 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7268 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7271 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7273 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7275 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7276 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7280 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7283 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7284 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7289 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7290 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7291 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7293 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7295 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7296 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7297 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7302 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7303 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7307 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7309 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7310 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7315 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7317 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7319 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7320 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7321 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7322 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7323 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7324 + sec
->output_offset
7325 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7327 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7328 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7329 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7331 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7332 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7333 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7334 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7340 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7347 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7348 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7349 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7350 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7353 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7354 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7355 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7359 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7360 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7363 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7364 + input_section
->output_offset
7365 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7367 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7368 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7369 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7375 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7379 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7380 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7381 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7382 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7384 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7386 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7387 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7388 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7389 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7392 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7393 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7394 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7395 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7396 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7401 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7405 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7406 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7407 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7409 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7410 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7413 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7415 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7416 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7417 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7418 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7424 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7425 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7426 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7428 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7429 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7430 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7431 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7432 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7435 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7436 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7437 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7438 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7439 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7440 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7441 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7443 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7444 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7446 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7448 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7449 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7450 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7451 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7453 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7454 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7456 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7457 output is reasonable. */
7458 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7460 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7461 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7462 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7464 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7466 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7470 /* xgettext:c-format */
7471 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7472 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7473 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7474 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7476 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7478 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7479 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7480 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7482 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7483 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7484 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7488 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7489 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7490 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7491 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7492 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7493 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7494 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7496 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7497 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7499 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7501 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7502 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7506 /* xgettext:c-format */
7507 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7508 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7509 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7510 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7515 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7517 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7521 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7522 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7524 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7525 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7527 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7529 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7530 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7531 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7536 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7537 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7538 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7539 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7540 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7543 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7544 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7545 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7546 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7547 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7548 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7549 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7553 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7555 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7556 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7558 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7560 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7561 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7562 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7563 apparently are using code compiled with
7564 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7565 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7566 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7567 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7569 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7570 /* xgettext:c-format */
7571 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7572 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7575 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7576 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7577 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7579 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7580 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7581 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7582 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7584 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7585 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7590 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7591 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7593 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7594 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7601 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7602 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7604 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7605 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7606 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7607 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7608 /* xgettext:c-format */
7609 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7610 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7611 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7613 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7617 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7618 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7620 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7621 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7622 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7624 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7633 /* xgettext:c-format */
7634 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7635 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7637 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7645 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7646 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7647 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7650 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7651 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7652 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7653 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7654 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7655 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7656 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7657 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7658 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7661 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7662 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7663 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7664 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7665 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7668 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7669 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7670 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7671 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7672 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7675 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7676 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7677 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7678 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7679 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7683 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7684 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7685 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7689 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7695 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7699 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7700 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7701 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7704 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7706 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7707 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7708 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7709 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7710 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7711 because of a version file. */
7716 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7718 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7722 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7724 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7727 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7728 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7729 processed this entry. */
7735 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7736 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7737 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7740 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7742 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7743 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7746 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7747 Initialize them all. */
7752 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7754 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7757 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7759 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7762 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7764 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7765 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7767 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7769 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7773 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7775 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7777 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7779 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7780 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7782 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7787 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7789 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7790 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7791 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7793 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7794 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7796 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7797 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7799 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7800 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7802 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7803 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7804 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7805 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7807 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7809 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7812 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7813 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7814 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7815 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7817 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7818 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7819 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7821 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7822 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7824 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7825 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7827 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7828 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7830 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7833 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7834 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7835 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7836 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7839 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7840 emitting a reloc. */
7843 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7847 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7851 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7854 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7855 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7856 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7859 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7862 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7866 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7867 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7871 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7880 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7883 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7885 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7887 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7888 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7890 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7892 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7894 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7896 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7903 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7904 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7907 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7908 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7910 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7912 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7913 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7914 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7915 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7917 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7918 /* xgettext:c-format */
7919 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7920 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7926 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7927 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7928 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7929 at a symbol not in this object. */
7930 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7932 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7933 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7940 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7942 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7943 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7944 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7945 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7946 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7947 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7948 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7949 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7950 /* xgettext:c-format */
7951 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7952 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7953 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7957 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7958 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7959 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7960 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7961 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7962 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7965 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7968 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7969 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7970 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7972 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7973 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7975 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7976 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7977 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7978 defined before using them. */
7979 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7980 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7981 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7983 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7986 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7987 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7988 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7989 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7990 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7994 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7995 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7998 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7999 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8000 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8003 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8009 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8010 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8011 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8012 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8016 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8022 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8023 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8024 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8029 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8030 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8031 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8034 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8035 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8036 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8037 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8038 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8039 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8045 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8046 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8047 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8052 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8056 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8058 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8059 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8060 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8062 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8070 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8071 "create relocation for %s\n",
8072 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8073 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8076 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8077 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8080 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8083 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8084 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8085 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8086 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8087 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8089 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8090 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8091 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8092 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8093 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8094 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8095 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8098 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8099 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8102 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8103 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8104 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8105 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8109 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8111 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8115 /* If we get here when building a static
8116 executable, then the libc startup function
8117 responsible for applying indirect function
8118 relocations is going to complain about
8120 If we get here when building a dynamic
8121 executable, it will be because we have
8122 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8123 will set the text segment writable and
8124 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8125 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8126 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8127 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8128 /* xgettext:c-format */
8129 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8130 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8131 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8136 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8138 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8140 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8147 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8148 against a section symbol. It would be
8149 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8150 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8151 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8152 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8153 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8154 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8156 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8161 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8164 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8165 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8167 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8170 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8171 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8173 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8174 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8177 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8179 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8180 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8182 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8185 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8188 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8190 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8191 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8192 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8197 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8198 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8199 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8204 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8205 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8208 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8215 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8216 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8219 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8220 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8222 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8224 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8225 got2_addend
= addend
;
8228 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8229 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8230 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8231 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8232 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8234 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8235 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8244 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8247 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8249 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8250 + input_section
->output_offset
8251 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8252 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8253 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8254 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8255 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8257 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8262 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8265 relocation
+= addend
;
8266 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8269 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8271 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8272 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8276 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8277 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8285 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8289 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8290 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8291 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8292 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8293 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8294 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8295 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8296 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8298 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8299 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8303 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8304 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8305 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8306 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8308 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8312 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8313 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8317 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8318 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8319 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8320 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8322 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8326 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8327 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8331 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8332 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8333 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8334 AIX .toc section. */
8335 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8336 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8338 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8341 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8342 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8344 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8347 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8348 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8350 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8352 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8353 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8355 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8357 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8358 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8359 using -Bsymbolic. */
8363 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8364 procedure linkage table. */
8365 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8366 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8367 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8368 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8369 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8371 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8372 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8377 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8378 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8379 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8385 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8386 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8387 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8390 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8391 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8393 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8395 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8396 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8397 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8398 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8400 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8401 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8403 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8405 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8406 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8407 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8411 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8412 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8413 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8415 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8418 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8420 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8422 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8423 + plt
->output_offset
8425 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8429 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8431 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8432 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8434 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8442 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8443 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8449 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8450 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8452 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8455 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8457 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8458 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8459 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8462 /* xgettext:c-format */
8463 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8464 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8473 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8474 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8477 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8480 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8481 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8483 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8486 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8488 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8489 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8490 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8493 /* xgettext:c-format */
8494 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8495 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8504 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8505 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8506 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8507 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8508 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8511 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8512 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8513 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8514 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8515 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8518 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8519 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8520 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8521 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8522 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8525 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8526 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8527 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8528 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8529 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8532 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8533 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8534 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8535 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8536 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8539 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8540 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8541 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8542 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8543 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8546 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8547 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8548 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8549 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8550 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8557 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8559 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8563 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8564 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8565 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8568 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8570 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8571 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8574 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8576 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8577 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8584 /* xgettext:c-format */
8585 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8586 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8592 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8599 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8601 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8604 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8607 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8610 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8611 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8612 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8613 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8614 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8615 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8616 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8617 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8618 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8620 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8622 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8623 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8625 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8628 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8632 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8633 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8634 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8635 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8636 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8637 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8638 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8640 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8642 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8643 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8647 /* Fill in register field. */
8648 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8649 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8653 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8654 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8655 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8656 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8657 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8658 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8662 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8664 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8666 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8670 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8671 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8672 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8673 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8674 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8675 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8676 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8680 /* xgettext:c-format */
8681 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8682 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8693 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8695 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8698 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8700 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8701 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8702 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8704 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8705 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8706 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8707 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8709 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8710 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8712 value
= value
>> 16;
8713 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8714 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8716 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8718 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8720 value
= value
>> 16;
8721 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8722 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8724 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8726 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8728 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8729 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8730 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8732 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8734 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8736 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8737 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8738 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8740 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8745 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8746 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8749 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8751 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8752 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8753 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8754 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8756 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8759 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8762 /* Negative relocations. */
8763 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8764 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8765 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8766 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8767 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8768 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8772 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8773 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8774 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8775 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8777 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8779 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8780 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8781 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8782 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8783 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8784 /* xgettext:c-format */
8785 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8786 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8799 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8801 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8802 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8804 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8805 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8806 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8807 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8809 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8810 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8811 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8812 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8817 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8818 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8819 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8821 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8822 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8823 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8824 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8825 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8827 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8828 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8829 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8830 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8835 /* Do any further special processing. */
8841 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8842 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8843 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8844 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8845 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8846 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8847 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8848 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8849 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8850 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8851 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8852 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8857 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8858 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8859 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8860 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8861 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8862 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8863 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8864 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8869 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8871 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8872 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8874 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8875 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8876 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8878 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8879 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8880 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8881 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8882 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8883 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8884 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8885 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8886 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8888 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8889 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8890 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8891 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8893 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8894 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8896 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8898 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8902 relocation
+= addend
;
8903 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8904 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8907 relocation
^= lobit
;
8908 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8909 /* xgettext:c-format */
8910 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8911 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8912 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8921 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8922 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8927 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8931 if (unresolved_reloc
8932 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8934 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8935 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8937 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8938 /* xgettext:c-format */
8939 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8940 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8946 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8947 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8948 have different reloc types. */
8949 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8950 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8951 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8953 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8955 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8959 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8960 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8961 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8962 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8963 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8964 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8965 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8967 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8970 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8975 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8977 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8978 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8979 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8984 relocation
+= addend
;
8985 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8986 + input_section
->output_offset
8987 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8989 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8991 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8992 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8997 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
8998 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9000 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9002 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9005 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9006 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9009 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9010 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9012 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9013 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9014 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9018 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9019 /* xgettext:c-format */
9020 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9021 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9022 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9033 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9034 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9036 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9037 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9038 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9040 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9042 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9043 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9048 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9049 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9050 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9054 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9057 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9058 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9059 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9060 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9062 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9063 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9064 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9067 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9068 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9069 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9070 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9071 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9073 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9074 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9076 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9082 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9083 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9084 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9087 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9092 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9093 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9094 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9095 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9096 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9098 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9099 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9100 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9101 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9102 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9106 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9107 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9108 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9109 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9112 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9120 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9121 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9123 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9127 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9144 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9145 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9146 avoid the icache failure.
9148 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9149 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9150 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9151 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9152 unconditional branches:
9153 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9154 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9155 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9156 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9157 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9158 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9159 instruction is not executed.
9164 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9171 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9172 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9173 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9174 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9175 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9176 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9179 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9180 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9183 . nop b somewhere_else
9184 . b somewhere_else nop
9185 . new_page: new_page:
9187 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9188 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9189 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9190 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9191 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9192 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9193 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9196 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9197 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9198 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9199 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9200 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9203 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9204 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9208 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9209 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9210 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9211 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9213 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9215 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9216 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9219 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9221 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9222 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9225 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9226 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9227 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9228 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9234 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9235 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9236 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9237 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9240 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9243 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9244 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9245 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9246 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9249 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9250 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9252 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9254 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9258 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9260 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9261 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9264 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9265 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9275 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9276 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9278 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9280 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9281 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9283 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9285 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9287 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9288 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9289 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9290 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9291 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9293 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9295 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9296 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9297 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9298 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9299 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9301 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9304 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9305 contents
+ patch_off
);
9307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9308 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9309 contents
+ patch_off
);
9316 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9318 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9319 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9322 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9323 contents
+ patch_off
);
9325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9326 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9327 contents
+ patch_off
);
9329 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9330 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9331 contents
+ patch_off
);
9337 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9340 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9341 contents
+ patch_off
);
9344 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9345 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9352 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9355 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9357 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9358 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9359 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9360 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9363 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9364 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9368 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9370 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9371 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9372 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9374 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9375 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9376 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9377 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9380 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9381 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9382 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9383 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9384 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9387 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9389 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9390 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9391 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9394 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9396 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9397 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9399 /* Use the right PLT. */
9400 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9401 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9403 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9404 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9406 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9407 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9408 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9409 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9410 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9411 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9415 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9417 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9418 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9419 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9420 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9421 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9422 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9425 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9426 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9427 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9428 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9430 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9431 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9432 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9433 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9434 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9435 prescaled offset. */
9436 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9437 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9438 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9439 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9440 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9441 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9442 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9443 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9445 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9447 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9448 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9449 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9450 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9451 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9452 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9454 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9455 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9456 in this PLT entry. */
9457 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9458 + plt
->output_offset
9459 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9460 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9462 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9464 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9465 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9466 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9467 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9468 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9470 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9471 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9472 + plt
->output_offset
9473 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9474 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9476 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9477 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9478 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9480 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9481 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9482 + plt
->output_offset
9483 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9484 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9486 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9487 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9488 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9490 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9491 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9492 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9493 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9495 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9497 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9498 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9501 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9502 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9503 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9504 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9505 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9506 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9507 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9514 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9515 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9517 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9519 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9520 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9524 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9525 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9528 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9529 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9530 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9535 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9536 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9540 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9541 + plt
->output_offset
9544 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9545 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9546 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9548 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9549 linker will fill it in. */
9553 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9554 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9555 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9556 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9557 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9564 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9565 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9566 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9568 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9569 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9571 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9572 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9573 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9574 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9578 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9579 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9580 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9581 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9582 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9584 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9589 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9590 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9591 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9594 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9596 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9597 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9599 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9600 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9605 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9606 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9608 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9609 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9618 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9621 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9623 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9629 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9631 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9633 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9634 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9635 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9636 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9637 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9638 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9640 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9643 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9647 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9648 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9649 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9650 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9651 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9652 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9653 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9655 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9657 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9659 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9662 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9665 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9666 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9668 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9673 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9674 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9675 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9677 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9679 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9680 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9681 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9682 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9686 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9687 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9689 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9690 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9694 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9695 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9700 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9701 + plt
->output_offset
9702 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9703 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9704 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9705 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9706 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9708 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9709 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9713 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9714 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9716 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9719 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9725 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9726 dynamic sections here. */
9729 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9730 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9732 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9734 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9735 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9738 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9739 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9743 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9744 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9745 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9747 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9749 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9750 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9751 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9752 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9753 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9754 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9756 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9757 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9759 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9761 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9762 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9763 function pointer. */
9769 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9770 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9771 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9772 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9773 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9774 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9777 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9778 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9779 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9780 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9781 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9789 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9792 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9795 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9798 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9800 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9802 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9803 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9805 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9806 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9808 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9809 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9811 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9812 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9816 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9822 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9823 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9824 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9825 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9827 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9829 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9830 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9832 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9834 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9835 return reloc_class_relative
;
9836 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9837 return reloc_class_plt
;
9839 return reloc_class_copy
;
9841 return reloc_class_normal
;
9845 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9848 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9849 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9852 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9855 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9858 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9861 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9862 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9863 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9866 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9867 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9869 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9871 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9873 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9875 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9876 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9877 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9879 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9882 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9887 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9888 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9891 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9895 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9899 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9900 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9904 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9908 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9909 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9910 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9911 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9912 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9913 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9914 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9915 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9919 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9920 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9925 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9929 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9930 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9932 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9933 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9935 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9937 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9938 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9940 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9941 so that a function can easily find the address of
9942 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9943 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9944 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9945 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9950 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9951 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9952 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9958 /* xgettext:c-format */
9959 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9960 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9961 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9962 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9967 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9970 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9971 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9972 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9973 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9974 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9976 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9977 /* Use the right PLT. */
9978 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9979 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9980 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9982 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9984 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9986 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9987 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9989 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9998 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9999 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10000 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10001 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10003 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10005 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10008 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10010 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10011 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10012 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10014 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10016 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10017 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10019 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10020 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10021 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10023 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10025 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10026 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10028 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10029 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10030 in which symbols were output. */
10031 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10033 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10035 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10036 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10037 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10038 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10040 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10041 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10042 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10043 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10045 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10046 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10047 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10048 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10053 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10054 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10055 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10058 unsigned char *endp
;
10062 * PIC glink code is the following:
10064 * # ith PLT code stub.
10065 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10066 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10070 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10071 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10072 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10073 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10074 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10076 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10082 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10085 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10088 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10089 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10090 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10091 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10094 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10097 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10099 * # ith PLT code stub.
10100 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10101 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10105 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10108 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10109 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10110 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10111 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10114 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10115 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10119 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10120 and perhaps some padding. */
10121 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10122 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10123 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10124 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10125 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10127 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10132 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10136 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10137 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10138 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10140 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10142 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10143 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10144 glink branch table. */
10145 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10147 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10148 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10150 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10151 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10152 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10154 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10158 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10159 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10162 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10163 one other call stub before this one. */
10164 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10166 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10168 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10173 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10174 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10175 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10179 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10180 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10181 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10191 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10193 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10199 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10203 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10208 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10219 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10223 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10234 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10247 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10250 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10253 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10254 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10256 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10259 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10264 /* Offset to .glink. */
10265 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10266 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10267 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10268 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10269 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10270 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10272 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10273 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10274 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10275 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10282 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10283 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10284 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10285 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10286 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10287 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10288 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10289 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10290 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10291 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10292 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10294 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10295 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10299 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10302 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10303 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10304 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10305 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10306 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10307 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10309 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10310 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10311 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10312 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10313 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10314 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10315 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10316 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10318 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10319 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10320 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10321 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10322 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10323 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10324 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10325 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10326 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10327 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10328 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10329 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10330 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10331 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10332 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10333 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10334 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10335 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10336 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10337 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10338 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10339 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10340 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10341 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10342 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10343 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10344 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10345 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10346 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10348 #include "elf32-target.h"
10350 /* FreeBSD Target */
10352 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10353 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10355 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10356 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10357 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10358 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10361 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10364 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10366 #include "elf32-target.h"
10368 /* VxWorks Target */
10370 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10371 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10373 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10374 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10375 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10376 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10380 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10382 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10384 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10387 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10388 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10390 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10393 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10394 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10395 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10396 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10398 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10400 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10403 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10404 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10405 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10406 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10407 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10408 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10409 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10414 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10416 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10417 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10419 const char **namep
,
10424 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10428 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10432 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10434 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10435 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10438 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10440 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10441 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10442 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10443 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10444 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10445 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10446 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10447 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10448 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10449 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10450 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10451 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10452 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10453 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10455 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10457 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10458 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10459 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10460 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10461 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10462 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10463 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10464 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10465 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10466 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10467 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10468 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10469 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10470 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10471 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10472 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10473 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10474 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10477 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10479 #include "elf32-target.h"